SAU Series Standard Cylinder (No Tie Rod Type)

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X70S

  Specifications: SAU32X70S — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 70 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and PT1/8 working ports. Mounting: basic cylinder. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 70 70 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X70S Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 70 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 658 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 70 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 210 mm = 140 + 70 Body reference span: AC + stroke 163 mm = 93 + 70 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 280 mm = 140 + 2 × 70; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = PT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC401,PC401D,PC401-M,PC401D-M,PC401-S,PC401D-S; 6 mm OD: PC601,PC601D,PC601-M,PC601D-M,PC601-S,PC601D-S; 8 mm OD: PC801,PC801D,PC801-S,PC801D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1001,PC1001D,PC1001-S,PC1001D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1201,PC1201D,PC1201-S,PC1201D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC401,POC401D,POC401-S,POC401D-S; 6 mm OD: POC601,POC601D,POC601-S,POC601D-S; 8 mm OD: POC801,POC801D,POC801-S,POC801D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1001,POC1001D,POC1001-S,POC1001D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL401,PL401D,PL401-M,PL401D-M,PL401-S,PL401D-S; 6 mm OD: PL601,PL601D,PL601-M,PL601D-M,PL601-S,PL601D-S; 8 mm OD: PL801,PL801D,PL801-S,PL801D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1001,PL1001D,PL1001-S,PL1001D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1201,PL1201D,PL1201-S,PL1201D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL401,PLL401D,PLL401-S,PLL401D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL601,PLL601D,PLL601-S,PLL601D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL801,PLL801D,PLL801-S,PLL801D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1001,PLL1001D,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D-S PH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: PH401,PH401D,PH401-S,PH401D-S; 6 mm OD: PH601,PH601D,PH601-S,PH601D-S; 8 mm OD: PH801,PH801D,PH801-S,PH801D-S PHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: PHF401,PHF401D,PHF401-S,PHF401D-S; 6 mm OD: PHF601,PHF601D,PHF601-S,PHF601D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF801,PHF801D,PHF801-S,PHF801D-S PHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: PHW401,PHW401D,PHW401-S,PHW401D-S; 6 mm OD: PHW601,PHW601D,PHW601-S,PHW601D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW801,PHW801D,PHW801-S,PHW801D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB401,PEB401D,PEB401-S,PEB401D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB601,PEB601D,PEB601-S,PEB601D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB801,PEB801D,PEB801-S,PEB801D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1001,PEB1001D,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED401,PED401D,PED401-S,PED401D-S; 6 mm OD: PED601,PED601D,PED601-S,PED601D-S; 8 mm OD: PED801,PED801D,PED801-S,PED801D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1001,PED1001D,PED1001-S,PED1001D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB401,PYB401D,PYB401-S,PYB401D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB601,PYB601D,PYB601-S,PYB601D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB801,PYB801D,PYB801-S,PYB801D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1001,PYB1001D,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB601,PZB601D,PZB601-S,PZB601D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB801,PZB801D,PZB801-S,PZB801D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC401; 6 mm OD: BPC601; 8 mm OD: BPC801; 10 mm OD: BPC1001 BPOC metal round straight 4 mm OD: BPOC401; 6 mm OD: BPOC601; 8 mm OD: BPOC801 PKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: PKD6-401,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D-S BKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S BB male–male adapter PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-S; PT1/4: BB0102,BB0102-S; PT3/8: BB0103,BB0103-S BZ unused auxiliary port plug BZ01,BZ01-S Threaded valve-exhaust silencers BSL01,BSLM01,BESL01,PAL01,PAL01D,PALM01,PALM01D,BSL01-S,BSLM01-S,BESL01-S PSL elbow flow control 4 mm OD: PSL401A,PSL401AD,PSL401B,PSL401BD,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD-S; 6 mm OD: PSL601A,PSL601AD,PSL601B,PSL601BD,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL801A,PSL801AD,PSL801B,PSL801BD,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS601A,PSS601AD,PSS601B,PSS601BD,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS801A,PSS801AD,PSS801B,PSS801BD,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL601A,PTL601AD,PTL601B,PTL601BD,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD-M; 8 mm OD: PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD; 4 mm OD: PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006 GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006S Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU32 working ports with actual PT1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. PHF: male and extra female PT1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. BKC/BB/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. BKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. BB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. BZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. PTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; BESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006S: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $79.41

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SU series: double-acting cylinder - SU63X1000

  Specifications: SU63X1000 — original SU order model; this order is supplied as SAU. SU Replacement and Supplied Product SU is discontinued. Orders placed for this SU listing are supplied as SAU. Keep the SU order identity and use the supplied SAU drawing and accessories for installation. Product Catalog Original SU catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Supplied SAU catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SU Original discontinued SU series; this listing is supplied as SAU 63 63 mm original bore selection X Separator before nominal stroke 1000 1000 mm original nominal stroke No magnet suffix Without built-in magnet No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT3/8 working-port selection Ordered Identity and Supplied Configuration Parameter Value Original order model SU63X1000 Supplied series SAU Supplied configuration 63 mm bore; 1000 mm nominal stroke; without magnet; Basic cylinder; TPU; PT3/8 Specifications below describe supplied SAU. Historical SU values are comparison only. Shared part codes do not guarantee interchangeability of mounting dimensions, screw engagement or load ratings. Historical SU / Supplied SAU Comparison Historical SU without TC → supplied SAU (2022 reference): body width B 75 → 75 mm; mounting thread K M8×1.25 → M8×1.25; mounting depth KA 9.5 → 16 mm. Check the supplied drawing and screw length. Legacy SU sensor references do not establish compatibility with supplied SAU sensors. Technical Specifications — Supplied SAU Parameter Value Original order model SU63X1000 Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 63 mm Nominal stroke 1000 mm; Catalogue standard stroke Magnetic piston Without magnet Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT3/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1.5 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor installation Detection requires an S magnetic piston; adding a sensor does not add a magnet Cylinder reference weight 6910 g; supplied SAU catalogue reference, not historical SU mass or measured shipping weight Supplied SAU catalogue reference mass: 1140.4 g non-stroke mass + 1000 mm × 5.77 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1153 mm = 153 + 1000 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1096 mm = 96 + 1000 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 2153 mm = 153 + 2 × 1000; excludes external attachments Body width × height 75 × 75 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 57; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 20; DA = 42; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32; F = 23; FA = 8 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 38; MA = 15; N = 73; H = 17; K = M8×1.25; KA = 16; KB = 56 Port geometry P = PT3/8; PA = 15; PB = 9.5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC63LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC63FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC63FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC63CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC63CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 312 g reference. Drawing: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16 F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 367.5 g reference. Drawing: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8 F-M16X150F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 543 g reference. Drawing: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7° F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 204 g reference. Drawing: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M16×1.5. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 3117.25 / 2803.09 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 1558.62 / 1401.54 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT3/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 8–10 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Not fitted to this nonmagnetic configuration 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1500 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 6 mm OD: PC603,PC603D,PC603-S,PC603D-S; 8 mm OD: PC803,PC803D,PC803-S,PC803D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1003,PC1003D,PC1003-S,PC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1203,PC1203D,PC1203-S,PC1203D-S PL elbow 6 mm OD: PL603,PL603D,PL603-S,PL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PL803,PL803D,PL803-S,PL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1003,PL1003D,PL1003-S,PL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1203,PL1203D,PL1203-S,PL1203D-S PLL extended elbow 6 mm OD: PLL603,PLL603D,PLL603-S,PLL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL803,PLL803D,PLL803-S,PLL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1003,PLL1003D,PLL1003-S,PLL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1203,PLL1203D,PLL1203-S,PLL1203D-S PEB branch tee 6 mm OD: PEB603,PEB603D,PEB603-S,PEB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB803,PEB803D,PEB803-S,PEB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1003,PEB1003D,PEB1003-S,PEB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1203,PEB1203D,PEB1203-S,PEB1203D-S PED run tee 6 mm OD: PED603,PED603D,PED603-S,PED603D-S; 8 mm OD: PED803,PED803D,PED803-S,PED803D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1003,PED1003D,PED1003-S,PED1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1203,PED1203D,PED1203-S,PED1203D-S PYB Y fitting 6 mm OD: PYB603,PYB603D,PYB603-S,PYB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB803,PYB803D,PYB803-S,PYB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1003,PYB1003D,PYB1003-S,PYB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1203,PYB1203D,PYB1203-S,PYB1203D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH603,PH603D,PH603-S,PH603D-S; 8 mm OD: PH803,PH803D,PH803-S,PH803D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1003,PH1003D,PH1003-S,PH1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PH1203,PH1203D,PH1203-S,PH1203D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF603,PHF603D,PHF603-S,PHF603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF803,PHF803D,PHF803-S,PHF803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1003,PHF1003D,PHF1003-S,PHF1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHF1203,PHF1203D,PHF1203-S,PHF1203D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW603,PHW603D,PHW603-S,PHW603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW803,PHW803D,PHW803-S,PHW803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1003,PHW1003D,PHW1003-S,PHW1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHW1203,PHW1203D,PHW1203-S,PHW1203D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB603,PZB603D,PZB603-S,PZB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB803,PZB803D,PZB803-S,PZB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1003,PZB1003D,PZB1003-S,PZB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PZB1203,PZB1203D,PZB1203-S,PZB1203D-S POC round straight 8 mm OD: POC803,POC803D,POC803-S,POC803D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1003,POC1003D,POC1003-S,POC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1203,POC1203D,POC1203-S,POC1203D-S PKD reducing distributor main 10 / branch 8 mm OD: PKD10-803,PKD10-803D,PKD10-803-S,PKD10-803D-S BPC metal straight 6 mm OD: BPC603; 8 mm OD: BPC803; 10 mm OD: BPC1003; 12 mm OD: BPC1203 BPOC metal round straight 10 mm OD: BPOC1003; 12 mm OD: BPOC1203 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-03,BKC0604-03-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-03,BKC0805-03-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-03,BKC0806-03-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-03,BKC1065-03-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-03,BKC1075-03-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-03,BKC1208-03-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-03,BKC1209-03-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0303,BB0303-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0304,BB0304-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-S; other end female PT1/4: BD0203,BD0203-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ03,BZ03-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL03,BSL03-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM03,BSLM03-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL03,BESL03-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL03,PAL03D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL603A,PSL603AD,PSL603B,PSL603BD,PSL603A-S,PSL603AD-S,PSL603B-S,PSL603BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL803A,PSL803AD,PSL803B,PSL803BD,PSL803A-S,PSL803AD-S,PSL803B-S,PSL803BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1003A,PSL1003AD,PSL1003B,PSL1003BD,PSL1003A-S,PSL1003AD-S,PSL1003B-S,PSL1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSL1203A,PSL1203AD,PSL1203B,PSL1203BD,PSL1203A-S,PSL1203AD-S,PSL1203B-S,PSL1203BD-S PSS universal flow control 10 mm OD: PSS1003A,PSS1003AD,PSS1003B,PSS1003BD,PSS1003A-S,PSS1003AD-S,PSS1003B-S,PSS1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSS1203A,PSS1203AD,PSS1203B,PSS1203BD,PSS1203A-S,PSS1203AD-S,PSS1203B-S,PSS1203BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL603A,PTL603AD,PTL603B,PTL603BD; 8 mm OD: PTL803A,PTL803AD,PTL803B,PTL803BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1003A,PTL1003AD,PTL1003B,PTL1003BD; 12 mm OD: PTL1203A,PTL1203AD,PTL1203B,PTL1203BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A/UE95A PU tubing 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline flow control two female PT3/8: ASC30010 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT3/8: GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU63 working ports using PT3/8 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT3/8; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-03 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-03. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 3/8-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.24 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC30010: separate two-female-PT3/8-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S: separate upstream PT3/8 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008, 4A31008, 4A31010; double control 4A22008, 4A32008, 4A32010. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B, 4V31008B, 4V31010B; double control 4V22008B, 4V32008B, 4V32010B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050, 5V31008B050, 5V31010B050; double control 5V22008B050, 5V32008B050, 5V32010B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008/30008/30010: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8; 30008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P/A/B/R/S 1/4; 30010 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 3/8, A/B 3/8, R/S 1/4. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. US98A tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; US98A160110100MBU: 16 × 11 mm, minimum bend radius 80 mm; burst reference 3 MPa at 23 °C is not working pressure; reference mass 10.03 kg/100 m. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SAU mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. The 16 × 11 mm tube is documented, but a complete 16 mm fitting/control connection path is not established here. Do not substitute smaller fittings or infer another tube ordering code. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $479.58

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SU series: double-acting cylinder - SU40X400

  Specifications: SU40X400 — original SU order model; this order is supplied as SAU. SU Replacement and Supplied Product SU is discontinued. Orders placed for this SU listing are supplied as SAU. Keep the SU order identity and use the supplied SAU drawing and accessories for installation. Product Catalog Original SU catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Supplied SAU catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SU Original discontinued SU series; this listing is supplied as SAU 40 40 mm original bore selection X Separator before nominal stroke 400 400 mm original nominal stroke No magnet suffix Without built-in magnet No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT1/4 working-port selection Ordered Identity and Supplied Configuration Parameter Value Original order model SU40X400 Supplied series SAU Supplied configuration 40 mm bore; 400 mm nominal stroke; without magnet; Basic cylinder; TPU; PT1/4 Specifications below describe supplied SAU. Historical SU values are comparison only. Shared part codes do not guarantee interchangeability of mounting dimensions, screw engagement or load ratings. Historical SU / Supplied SAU Comparison Historical SU without TC → supplied SAU (2022 reference): body width B 50 → 50 mm; mounting thread K M6×1.0 → M6×1.0; mounting depth KA 9.5 → 16 mm. Check the supplied drawing and screw length. Legacy SU sensor references do not establish compatibility with supplied SAU sensors. Technical Specifications — Supplied SAU Parameter Value Original order model SU40X400 Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 40 mm Nominal stroke 400 mm; Catalogue standard stroke Magnetic piston Without magnet Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT1/4; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1.5 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 16 mm / M12×1.25 Sensor installation Detection requires an S magnetic piston; adding a sensor does not add a magnet Cylinder reference weight 2014 g; supplied SAU catalogue reference, not historical SU mass or measured shipping weight Supplied SAU catalogue reference mass: 605.7 g non-stroke mass + 400 mm × 3.52 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 542 mm = 142 + 400 Body reference span: AC + stroke 493 mm = 93 + 400 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 942 mm = 142 + 2 × 400; excludes external attachments Body width × height 50 × 50 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 49; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 16; DA = 34; E = M12×1.25; EA = 24; F = 17; FA = 7 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 32; MA = 15; N = 53; H = 13; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 37 Port geometry P = PT1/4; PA = 15; PB = 6 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC40LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC40FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC40FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC40CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC40CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M12X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 127 g reference. Drawing: NC = 12; ND = 48; NE = 62; NF = 24; NG = 20; NH = M12×1.25; NM = 12 F-M12X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 175 g reference. Drawing: NA = 25.4; NC = 12; ND = 48; NP = 24; NQ = 62; NM = 12; NH = M12×1.25; PA = 32.4; PB = 26.2 F-M12X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 130 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 8; MD = 21; ME = 28; MF = 11.5; MG = 7; MH = 12; MI/MJ = M12×1.25; MK = 12° F-M12X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 108 g reference. Drawing: PA = 12; PB = 32; PC = 12; PD = 22; PE = 50; PF = 66; PG = M12×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 22; PJ = 19; PK = 16 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M12×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 1256.64 / 1055.58 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 628.32 / 527.79 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference: 6–8 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Not fitted to this nonmagnetic configuration 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1200 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distributor main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ02,BZ02-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic valve-exhaust silencer PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC separate inline flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU40 working ports using PT1/4 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M12×1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT1/4; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-02. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 1/4-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC20008: separate two-female-PT1/4-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S: separate upstream PT1/4 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A11006, 4A21006, 4A21008; double control 4A12006, 4A22006, 4A22008. 4V PT: single control 4V11006B, 4V21006B, 4V21008B; double control 4V12006B, 4V22006B, 4V22008B. 5V PT: single control 5V11006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V21008B050; double control 5V12006B050, 5V22006B050, 5V22008B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 10006 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P/A/B/R/S 1/8; 20006 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P/A/B/R/S 1/8; 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. PA6 nylon: 3 MPa at 23 °C, -10 to 70 °C; PA6060040100MBU: 6 × 4 mm, minimum bend radius 45 mm. PA12 nylon: 2 MPa at 23 °C, -40 to 70 °C; PA12060040100MBU: 6 × 4 mm, minimum bend radius 35 mm. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D060040100MBU: 6 × 4 mm, minimum bend radius 12 mm; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SAU mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $163.47

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU Series: Double-axis Compound Stroke Adjustable Cylinder - SUJ100X100-30FAN

  Specifications: Double-axis compound stroke adjustable type Bore: 100mm Stroke: 100mm Adjusting stroke: 30mm Magnet: no magnet Fixed type: FA Seal material: NBR Tooth type: PT tooth Specifications 1. Model: SUJ100X100-30FAN 2. Action type: double action type, working medium: air (filtered by filter screen above 40μm), fixed type: basic type, FA,LB 3. Use pressure range: 0.15~1.0MPa(22~145psi)(1.5~10.0bar), Guaranteed pressure resistance: 1.5MPa(215psi)(15bar) 4. Working temperature ℃:-20~70, Use speed range mm/s:30~800, Travel tolerance range: 0~250+0/1.0,251~1000+0/1.5,1001~1500+0/2.0 5. Buffer type: adjustable buffer, buffer stroke: 29, Nozzle caliber: PT1/2 6. The nozzle tooth type is optional with PT tooth and G tooth, and the sensor can be optional: DMSG,CMSG,EMSG Internal structure and main parts material: 1. nut: carbon steel/2. Piston rod: S45C hard chrome abrasive rod/3. Front cover o order: TPU/4. Bushing: wear-resistant material/5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy/6. Buffer O: NBR/7. Cushioning gasket: TPU/8. Cylinder: aluminum alloy/9. Piston: Aluminum alloy/10. Piston rod O: NBR/11. Piston O: NBR/12. Magnet: plastic/13. Wear ring: wear-resistant material/14. Hexagon socket bolt: carbon steel/15. Back cover: Aluminum alloy/16. Strut Nut: Carbon Steel Type of sealing ring :P-SAUJ100N-R1 TPU material P-SAUJ100-R1 NBR Material P-SAUJ100N-R2 Fluorine rubber material ， Installation accessories :F-SC100LB Axial mounting F-SC100FA Flange connecting plate ， Piston rod end joint :F-M20X150I I Connector F-M20X150Y Y connector F-M20X150F Floating joint F-M20X150U fisheye joint Click to download Airtac product catalog Product Features 1. The enterprise standard cylinder. 2. The piston seal adopts special-shaped two-way sealing structure, compact size and oil storage function. 3. For the aluminum tube meter type, no pull rod, good corrosion resistance. Peripheral with sensor mounting groove, easy to use. 4. Compared with ISO15552 standard cylinders, the length of SAU series cylinders with the same bore is small. 5. The cylinder buffer adjustment is stable. 6. Cylinder mounting accessories are shared with SC series cylinders. The Airtac SUJ series has been updated to the Airtac SAUJ series.

  Read more less

  $434.34

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SU series: double-acting cylinder - SU50X300

  Specifications: SU50X300 — original SU order model; this order is supplied as SAU. SU Replacement and Supplied Product SU is discontinued. Orders placed for this SU listing are supplied as SAU. Keep the SU order identity and use the supplied SAU drawing and accessories for installation. Product Catalog Original SU catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Supplied SAU catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SU Original discontinued SU series; this listing is supplied as SAU 50 50 mm original bore selection X Separator before nominal stroke 300 300 mm original nominal stroke No magnet suffix Without built-in magnet No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT1/4 working-port selection Ordered Identity and Supplied Configuration Parameter Value Original order model SU50X300 Supplied series SAU Supplied configuration 50 mm bore; 300 mm nominal stroke; without magnet; Basic cylinder; TPU; PT1/4 Specifications below describe supplied SAU. Historical SU values are comparison only. Shared part codes do not guarantee interchangeability of mounting dimensions, screw engagement or load ratings. Historical SU / Supplied SAU Comparison Historical SU without TC → supplied SAU (2022 reference): body width B 62 → 62 mm; mounting thread K M6×1.0 → M6×1.0; mounting depth KA 9.5 → 16 mm. Check the supplied drawing and screw length. Legacy SU sensor references do not establish compatibility with supplied SAU sensors. Technical Specifications — Supplied SAU Parameter Value Original order model SU50X300 Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 50 mm Nominal stroke 300 mm; Catalogue standard stroke Magnetic piston Without magnet Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT1/4; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1.5 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor installation Detection requires an S magnetic piston; adding a sensor does not add a magnet Cylinder reference weight 2348 g; supplied SAU catalogue reference, not historical SU mass or measured shipping weight Supplied SAU catalogue reference mass: 851.2 g non-stroke mass + 300 mm × 4.99 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 450 mm = 150 + 300 Body reference span: AC + stroke 393 mm = 93 + 300 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 750 mm = 150 + 2 × 300; excludes external attachments Body width × height 62 × 62 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 57; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 20; DA = 42; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32; F = 23; FA = 8 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 38; MA = 15; N = 61.5; H = 17; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 47 Port geometry P = PT1/4; PA = 17; PB = 8.5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC50LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC50FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC50FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC50CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC50CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 312 g reference. Drawing: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16 F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 367.5 g reference. Drawing: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8 F-M16X150F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 543 g reference. Drawing: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7° F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 204 g reference. Drawing: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M16×1.5. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 1963.50 / 1649.34 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 981.75 / 824.67 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference: 6–8 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Not fitted to this nonmagnetic configuration 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1200 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distributor main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ02,BZ02-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic valve-exhaust silencer PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC separate inline flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU50 working ports using PT1/4 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT1/4; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-02. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 1/4-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC20008: separate two-female-PT1/4-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S: separate upstream PT1/4 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008; double control 4A22008. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B; double control 4V22008B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050; double control 5V22008B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SAU mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $178.59

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU63X420S

  Specifications: SAU63X420S — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 63 mm bore, 420 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and PT3/8 working ports. Mounting: basic cylinder. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 63 63 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 420 420 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT3/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU63X420S Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 63 mm Nominal stroke 420 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT3/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1.5 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 3590 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 1166.8 g non-stroke mass + 420 mm × 5.77 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 573 mm = 153 + 420 Body reference span: AC + stroke 516 mm = 96 + 420 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 993 mm = 153 + 2 × 420; excludes external attachments Body width × height 75 × 75 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 57; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 20; DA = 42; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32; F = 23; FA = 8 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 38; MA = 15; N = 73; H = 17; K = M8×1.25; KA = 16; KB = 56 Port geometry P = PT3/8; PA = 15; PB = 9.5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC63LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC63FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC63FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC63CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC63CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 312 g reference. Drawing: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16 F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 367.5 g reference. Drawing: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8 F-M16X150F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 543 g reference. Drawing: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7° F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 204 g reference. Drawing: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M16×1.5. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 3117.25 / 2803.09 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 1558.62 / 1401.54 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT3/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 8–10 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1500 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 6 mm OD: PC603,PC603D,PC603-S,PC603D-S; 8 mm OD: PC803,PC803D,PC803-S,PC803D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1003,PC1003D,PC1003-S,PC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1203,PC1203D,PC1203-S,PC1203D-S PL elbow 6 mm OD: PL603,PL603D,PL603-S,PL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PL803,PL803D,PL803-S,PL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1003,PL1003D,PL1003-S,PL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1203,PL1203D,PL1203-S,PL1203D-S PLL extended elbow 6 mm OD: PLL603,PLL603D,PLL603-S,PLL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL803,PLL803D,PLL803-S,PLL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1003,PLL1003D,PLL1003-S,PLL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1203,PLL1203D,PLL1203-S,PLL1203D-S PEB branch tee 6 mm OD: PEB603,PEB603D,PEB603-S,PEB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB803,PEB803D,PEB803-S,PEB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1003,PEB1003D,PEB1003-S,PEB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1203,PEB1203D,PEB1203-S,PEB1203D-S PED run tee 6 mm OD: PED603,PED603D,PED603-S,PED603D-S; 8 mm OD: PED803,PED803D,PED803-S,PED803D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1003,PED1003D,PED1003-S,PED1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1203,PED1203D,PED1203-S,PED1203D-S PYB Y fitting 6 mm OD: PYB603,PYB603D,PYB603-S,PYB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB803,PYB803D,PYB803-S,PYB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1003,PYB1003D,PYB1003-S,PYB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1203,PYB1203D,PYB1203-S,PYB1203D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH603,PH603D,PH603-S,PH603D-S; 8 mm OD: PH803,PH803D,PH803-S,PH803D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1003,PH1003D,PH1003-S,PH1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PH1203,PH1203D,PH1203-S,PH1203D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF603,PHF603D,PHF603-S,PHF603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF803,PHF803D,PHF803-S,PHF803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1003,PHF1003D,PHF1003-S,PHF1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHF1203,PHF1203D,PHF1203-S,PHF1203D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW603,PHW603D,PHW603-S,PHW603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW803,PHW803D,PHW803-S,PHW803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1003,PHW1003D,PHW1003-S,PHW1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHW1203,PHW1203D,PHW1203-S,PHW1203D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB603,PZB603D,PZB603-S,PZB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB803,PZB803D,PZB803-S,PZB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1003,PZB1003D,PZB1003-S,PZB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PZB1203,PZB1203D,PZB1203-S,PZB1203D-S POC round straight 8 mm OD: POC803,POC803D,POC803-S,POC803D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1003,POC1003D,POC1003-S,POC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1203,POC1203D,POC1203-S,POC1203D-S PKD reducing distributor main 10 / branch 8 mm OD: PKD10-803,PKD10-803D,PKD10-803-S,PKD10-803D-S BPC metal straight 6 mm OD: BPC603; 8 mm OD: BPC803; 10 mm OD: BPC1003; 12 mm OD: BPC1203 BPOC metal round straight 10 mm OD: BPOC1003; 12 mm OD: BPOC1203 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-03,BKC0604-03-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-03,BKC0805-03-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-03,BKC0806-03-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-03,BKC1065-03-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-03,BKC1075-03-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-03,BKC1208-03-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-03,BKC1209-03-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0303,BB0303-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0304,BB0304-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-S; other end female PT1/4: BD0203,BD0203-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ03,BZ03-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL03,BSL03-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM03,BSLM03-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL03,BESL03-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL03,PAL03D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL603A,PSL603AD,PSL603B,PSL603BD,PSL603A-S,PSL603AD-S,PSL603B-S,PSL603BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL803A,PSL803AD,PSL803B,PSL803BD,PSL803A-S,PSL803AD-S,PSL803B-S,PSL803BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1003A,PSL1003AD,PSL1003B,PSL1003BD,PSL1003A-S,PSL1003AD-S,PSL1003B-S,PSL1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSL1203A,PSL1203AD,PSL1203B,PSL1203BD,PSL1203A-S,PSL1203AD-S,PSL1203B-S,PSL1203BD-S PSS universal flow control 10 mm OD: PSS1003A,PSS1003AD,PSS1003B,PSS1003BD,PSS1003A-S,PSS1003AD-S,PSS1003B-S,PSS1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSS1203A,PSS1203AD,PSS1203B,PSS1203BD,PSS1203A-S,PSS1203AD-S,PSS1203B-S,PSS1203BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL603A,PTL603AD,PTL603B,PTL603BD; 8 mm OD: PTL803A,PTL803AD,PTL803B,PTL803BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1003A,PTL1003AD,PTL1003B,PTL1003BD; 12 mm OD: PTL1203A,PTL1203AD,PTL1203B,PTL1203BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A/UE95A PU tubing 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline flow control two female PT3/8: ASC30010 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT3/8: GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU63 working ports using PT3/8 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT3/8; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-03 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-03. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 3/8-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.24 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC30010: separate two-female-PT3/8-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S: separate upstream PT3/8 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008, 4A31008, 4A31010; double control 4A22008, 4A32008, 4A32010. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B, 4V31008B, 4V31010B; double control 4V22008B, 4V32008B, 4V32010B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050, 5V31008B050, 5V31010B050; double control 5V22008B050, 5V32008B050, 5V32010B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008/30008/30010: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8; 30008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P/A/B/R/S 1/4; 30010 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 3/8, A/B 3/8, R/S 1/4. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. US98A tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; US98A160110100MBU: 16 × 11 mm, minimum bend radius 80 mm; burst reference 3 MPa at 23 °C is not working pressure; reference mass 10.03 kg/100 m. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SAU mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. The 16 × 11 mm tube is documented, but a complete 16 mm fitting/control connection path is not established here. Do not substitute smaller fittings or infer another tube ordering code. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $272.08

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU50X420S

  Specifications: SAU50X420S — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 50 mm bore, 420 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and PT1/4 working ports. Mounting: basic cylinder. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 50 50 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 420 420 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT1/4 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU50X420S Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 50 mm Nominal stroke 420 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT1/4; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1.5 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 2964 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 868.6 g non-stroke mass + 420 mm × 4.99 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 570 mm = 150 + 420 Body reference span: AC + stroke 513 mm = 93 + 420 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 990 mm = 150 + 2 × 420; excludes external attachments Body width × height 62 × 62 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 57; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 20; DA = 42; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32; F = 23; FA = 8 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 38; MA = 15; N = 61.5; H = 17; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 47 Port geometry P = PT1/4; PA = 17; PB = 8.5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC50LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC50FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC50FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC50CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC50CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 312 g reference. Drawing: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16 F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 367.5 g reference. Drawing: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8 F-M16X150F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 543 g reference. Drawing: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7° F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 204 g reference. Drawing: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M16×1.5. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 1963.50 / 1649.34 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 981.75 / 824.67 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference: 6–8 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1200 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distributor main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ02,BZ02-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic valve-exhaust silencer PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC separate inline flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU50 working ports using PT1/4 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT1/4; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-02. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 1/4-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC20008: separate two-female-PT1/4-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S: separate upstream PT1/4 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008; double control 4A22008. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B; double control 4V22008B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050; double control 5V22008B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SAU mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $220.41

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU50X150S

  Specifications: SAU50X150S — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 50 mm bore, 150 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and PT1/4 working ports. Mounting: basic cylinder. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 50 50 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 150 150 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected No mounting suffix Basic cylinder No seal suffix TPU No thread suffix PT1/4 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU50X150S Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 50 mm Nominal stroke 150 mm; Catalogue standard stroke Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Basic cylinder Seal option TPU Port thread PT1/4; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 1617 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 868.6 g non-stroke mass + 150 mm × 4.99 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 300 mm = 150 + 150 Body reference span: AC + stroke 243 mm = 93 + 150 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 450 mm = 150 + 2 × 150; excludes external attachments Body width × height 62 × 62 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 57; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 20; DA = 42; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32; F = 23; FA = 8 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 38; MA = 15; N = 61.5; H = 17; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 47 Port geometry P = PT1/4; PA = 17; PB = 8.5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC50LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC50FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC50FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC50CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC50CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 312 g reference. Drawing: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16 F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 367.5 g reference. Drawing: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8 F-M16X150F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 543 g reference. Drawing: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7° F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 204 g reference. Drawing: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M16×1.5. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 1963.50 / 1649.34 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 981.75 / 824.67 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/4 piping-thread tightening reference: 6–8 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1200 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distributor main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ02,BZ02-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic valve-exhaust silencer PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC separate inline flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SAU50 working ports using PT1/4 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT1/4; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SAU path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-02. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 1/4-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC20008: separate two-female-PT1/4-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SAU path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S: separate upstream PT1/4 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Tube sizes are component examples; calculate actual SAU flow independently. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008; double control 4A22008. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B; double control 4V22008B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050; double control 5V22008B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SAU mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $138.56

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1795SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1795SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1795 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1795 1795 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1795SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1795 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5074 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1795 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1935 mm = 140 + 1795 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1888 mm = 93 + 1795 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3730 mm = 140 + 2 × 1795; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1935 mm = 140 + 1795 C + stroke 1888 mm = 93 + 1795 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $404.40

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1800SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1800SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1800 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1800 1800 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1800SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1800 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5087 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1800 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1940 mm = 140 + 1800 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1893 mm = 93 + 1800 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3740 mm = 140 + 2 × 1800; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1940 mm = 140 + 1800 C + stroke 1893 mm = 93 + 1800 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $405.19

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1798SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1798SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1798 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1798 1798 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1798SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1798 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5082 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1798 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1938 mm = 140 + 1798 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1891 mm = 93 + 1798 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3736 mm = 140 + 2 × 1798; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1938 mm = 140 + 1798 C + stroke 1891 mm = 93 + 1798 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $404.84

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1789SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1789SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1789 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1789 1789 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1789SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1789 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5059 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1789 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1929 mm = 140 + 1789 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1882 mm = 93 + 1789 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3718 mm = 140 + 2 × 1789; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1929 mm = 140 + 1789 C + stroke 1882 mm = 93 + 1789 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $403.22

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1790SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1790SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1790 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1790 1790 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1790SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1790 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5061 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1790 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1930 mm = 140 + 1790 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1883 mm = 93 + 1790 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3720 mm = 140 + 2 × 1790; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1930 mm = 140 + 1790 C + stroke 1883 mm = 93 + 1790 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $403.47

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1786SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1786SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1786 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1786 1786 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1786SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1786 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5051 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1786 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1926 mm = 140 + 1786 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1879 mm = 93 + 1786 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3712 mm = 140 + 2 × 1786; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1926 mm = 140 + 1786 C + stroke 1879 mm = 93 + 1786 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $402.75

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1796SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1796SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1796 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1796 1796 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1796SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1796 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5077 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1796 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1936 mm = 140 + 1796 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1889 mm = 93 + 1796 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3732 mm = 140 + 2 × 1796; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1936 mm = 140 + 1796 C + stroke 1889 mm = 93 + 1796 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $404.51

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1799SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1799SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1799 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1799 1799 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1799SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1799 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5084 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1799 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1939 mm = 140 + 1799 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1892 mm = 93 + 1799 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3738 mm = 140 + 2 × 1799; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1939 mm = 140 + 1799 C + stroke 1892 mm = 93 + 1799 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $405.08

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1793SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1793SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1793 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1793 1793 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1793SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1793 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5069 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1793 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1933 mm = 140 + 1793 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1886 mm = 93 + 1793 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3726 mm = 140 + 2 × 1793; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1933 mm = 140 + 1793 C + stroke 1886 mm = 93 + 1793 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $403.90

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1797SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1797SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1797 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1797 1797 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1797SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1797 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5079 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1797 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1937 mm = 140 + 1797 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1890 mm = 93 + 1797 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3734 mm = 140 + 2 × 1797; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1937 mm = 140 + 1797 C + stroke 1890 mm = 93 + 1797 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $404.73

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1787SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1787SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1787 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1787 1787 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1787SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1787 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5054 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1787 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1927 mm = 140 + 1787 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1880 mm = 93 + 1787 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3714 mm = 140 + 2 × 1787; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1927 mm = 140 + 1787 C + stroke 1880 mm = 93 + 1787 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $402.86

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1791SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1791SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1791 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1791 1791 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1791SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1791 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5064 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1791 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1931 mm = 140 + 1791 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1884 mm = 93 + 1791 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3722 mm = 140 + 2 × 1791; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1931 mm = 140 + 1791 C + stroke 1884 mm = 93 + 1791 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $403.57

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1792SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1792SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1792 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1792 1792 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1792SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1792 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5067 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1792 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1932 mm = 140 + 1792 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1885 mm = 93 + 1792 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3724 mm = 140 + 2 × 1792; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1932 mm = 140 + 1792 C + stroke 1885 mm = 93 + 1792 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $403.79

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1794SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1794SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1794 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1794 1794 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1794SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1794 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5072 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1794 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1934 mm = 140 + 1794 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1887 mm = 93 + 1794 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3728 mm = 140 + 2 × 1794; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1934 mm = 140 + 1794 C + stroke 1887 mm = 93 + 1794 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $404.15

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1788SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1788SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1788 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1788 1788 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1788SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1788 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5056 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1788 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1928 mm = 140 + 1788 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1881 mm = 93 + 1788 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3716 mm = 140 + 2 × 1788; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1928 mm = 140 + 1788 C + stroke 1881 mm = 93 + 1788 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $403.11

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SAU series: double-acting cylinder - SAU32X1781SCBT

  Specifications: SAU32X1781SCBT — single-rod double-acting cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1781 mm nominal stroke, with magnet, TPU seals and NPT1/8 working ports. Mounting: double rear clevis mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. SU is discontinued; orders for SU are supplied as SAU. Read the replacement guide: SU Discontinuation and SAU Replacement Guide Model Code Explained Code Meaning SAU Single-rod double-acting cylinder 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1781 1781 mm nominal stroke S Magnetic piston; sensor separately selected CB Double rear clevis mounting No seal suffix TPU T NPT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SAU32X1781SCBT Action Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1781 mm; Special stroke; confirm order and delivery conditions Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Double rear clevis mounting Seal option TPU Port thread NPT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Compressed air filtered to 40 µm or finer Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Temperature −20 to 70 °C; prevent freezing Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; application depends on load, controls, piping and cushioning Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified in the catalogue tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10×1.25 Sensor installation G-profile sensor directly in the cylinder groove; separately selected Cylinder reference weight 5038 g; catalogue reference, not measured shipping weight Catalogue reference mass: 479 g non-stroke mass + 1781 mm × 2.56 g/mm, rounded to the nearest gram. Mounting, rod-end and other accessory masses and packaging are excluded; this is not a measured shipping weight. Actual supplied mass prevails. Features and Operation Airtac enterprise-standard single-rod double-acting cylinder. The compact profiled bidirectional piston seal retains oil. The aluminium barrel has no external tie rods, provides corrosion resistance and includes direct sensor grooves; magnetic sensing requires the S piston option. Adjust the pneumatic cushioning and select mounting for the moving load and end positions. The catalogue describes a shorter same-bore SAU body than ISO15552 cylinders; this is a length comparison, not an ISO conformity or universal interchangeability claim. The catalogue also lists specially selected high-temperature seals for 150 °C service; this is not the rating of the current TPU cylinder or attached components. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. Drawing references do not include every external accessory or establish complete installation clearance. Check the actual rod position, selected mounts, joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Illustrated basic length: A + stroke 1921 mm = 140 + 1781 Body reference span: AC + stroke 1874 mm = 93 + 1781 Derived basic extended length: A + 2 × stroke 3702 mm = 140 + 2 × 1781; excludes external attachments Body width × height 45.5 × 45.5 mm (□B) Rod and cover dimensions (mm) AB = 47; AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; D = 12; DA = 32; E = M10×1.25; EA = 22; F = 17; FA = 6 Mounting dimensions (mm) M = 28; MA = 15; N = 47; H = 10; K = M6×1.0; KA = 16; KB = 33 Port geometry P = NPT1/8; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm For the 32 mm bore, the 2022 table gives □45.5 mm; the linked English drawing lists □45 mm. Confirm the supplied drawing for close-clearance mounting. Parameter Value Selected accessory F-SC32CB; Double rear clevis mounting Material Ductile cast iron Accessory dimensions (mm) S = 45; CC = 19; CD = 9; CE = 12; CJ = 29.5; CP = 16.3; CT = 32; PA1 = 39; PB1 = 32.8 A + stroke 1921 mm = 140 + 1781 C + stroke 1874 mm = 93 + 1781 CP tolerance +0.1 / 0 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Complete part code Application and dimensional reference F-SC32LB Axial foot mounting; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32FA Rear flange mounting; Aluminium alloy F-SC32CA Single rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-SC32CB Double rear clevis mounting; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 75 g reference. Drawing: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10 F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 86 g reference. Drawing: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10 F-M10X125F Floating joint; Carbon steel; 107 g reference. Drawing: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12° F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; Carbon steel; 69 g reference. Drawing: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14 Select LB, front FA, rear FB, CA or CB as alternatives for the required mounting. Front and rear flange positions share the FA part code. Listed options do not imply included supply or quantity; confirm package contents and actual load capacity. Rod ends use M10×1.25. MK is floating-joint angular compensation; PH is spherical-joint angle. Reference joint masses are not included in cylinder weight. Material categories do not identify every subcomponent or finish. Check alignment and mating threads; these M10-and-larger joints are outside the separate M6-and-smaller radial-offset note. Numbered drawing parts are not complete service ordering codes. Confirm the full model, seal, production revision and genuine replacement number before ordering seal, guide, cover or adjustment-mechanism service parts. Force and Application Parameter Value Ideal extending / retracting pressure area 804.25 / 691.15 mm² Calculated extending / retracting force at 0.5 MPa 402.12 / 345.58 N Calculation boundary Force (N) = pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, exhaust backpressure and dynamic losses; not a guaranteed payload. General load-ratio guidance ≤0.7 static/low-speed; ≤0.5 at 50–500 mm/s; ≤0.3 above 500 mm/s within the 800 mm/s cylinder limit. These are selection guides, not payload guarantees. Installation and Maintenance Align the load and avoid side force, impact and rod-surface damage. Use independent guidance where needed. Guard moving parts; isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure loads before service or adjustment. Provide safe responses to supply loss and restart. Keep piping clean and remove moisture and contamination. Protect against dust, droplets, oil and weld spatter; avoid freezing. Factory lubrication normally permits oil-free use; if oil is added, continue additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Mist guide: ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops/1000 L; size the lubricator for actual flow. Test without load, then increase load gradually. Start speed controls closed and open slowly; meter-out commonly stabilizes motion. Adjust cushioning for actual moving mass and speed without forcing the screw. The 21 mm nominal cushion reference is not additional travel or guaranteed effective deceleration distance for every short stroke. Check mechanical stops, valve flow and exhaust backpressure. High kinetic energy may require separately engineered deceleration. Allow space for the extending rod and attached load. PT1/8 piping-thread tightening reference: 5–7 N·m for the specified mating connection. This is not a G/NPT thread, sensor fastener or speed-control adjustment-cap torque. Match tube dimensions and threads; keep sealing debris out of air ports. Internal Components — SAU Reference This illustrated basic SAU material list is a reference, not the actual H/N seal bill of materials. Confirm production materials for the selected seal and structure; item numbers do not establish orderable service codes. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chromed ground bar 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; S configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Socket-head screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Support screw cap Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series Single-rod double-acting cylinder Bore sizes 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm Magnet No suffix: no magnet; S: magnetic piston, sensor separately selected Seal materials No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. Current option: TPU Mounting Basic; Axial foot mounting (LB), Front flange mounting (FA), Rear flange mounting (FB), Single rear clevis mounting (CA), Double rear clevis mounting (CB) Thread options PT, G and NPT; match each ordered port and fitting thread Standard strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Nominal-stroke limits Catalogue maximum 1000 mm; allowable 1800 mm Maximum and allowable stroke are distinct catalogue limits; unlisted strokes require order and delivery confirmation. Above 1500 mm, the catalogue tolerance table gives no additional band. Magnetic Sensors and Separate Connection Leads Magnetic S versions accept G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors directly in the cylinder groove. S provides a piston magnet, not an included sensor or a sensor quantity. Select the circuit, sensing positions and separately ordered mating leads; no external tie-rod holder is required. Sensor / separate lead Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical reference Limits and conditions DMSG / EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; 2.5–100 mA load; ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA, residual voltage ≤3.5 V, leakage ≤0.06 mA. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V and ≤200 mA; ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA, residual voltage ≤0.7 V, leakage ≤0.01 mA. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; meet both ≤100 mA and ≤10 W. Standard residual ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA. H has no indicator or residual voltage specified. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Frequency / shock / protection DMSG/EMSG ≤1000 Hz; CMSG ≤200 Hz; all 50 G shock reference. DMSG/EMSG have polarity/transient protection; EMSG additionally has overheat protection. Temperature Ordinary sensors −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. Apply actual cylinder, sensor, cable and connector limits together; sensor H does not raise the cylinder rating or establish an unspecified H-cylinder range. Direct leads 020/030/050/100 are 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length is independent of cylinder stroke. Blank output is two-wire; N/P are NPN/PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 versions are IP68. All CMSG are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex cable, both with a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire direct-lead only. W electronic quick-connector, CMSG-W, CMSG-A06 and A05-CMSG-H variants are not listed. Female M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire leads must match the sensor connector and circuit. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct leads need no quick mating cable. Independent lead temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not stated; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the entire assembly. For three-wire NPN connect the load between positive and black output; for PNP between black output and negative. Check residual voltage and leakage against the actual PLC input and series/parallel circuit. Use G-profile DMSG/CMSG/EMSG sensors only on the S magnetic SAU configuration. Loosen the retaining screw without letting it protrude below the sensor base, slide the sensor into its matching cylinder groove, position it in the middle of its switching range and tighten; verify clearance and switching. No SC tie-rod holder is specified for this direct-groove mounting. Recommended sensor fastening torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m; maximum 0.25 N·m. This is sensor fastening, not the cylinder mounting-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before power and follow the selected two-wire or NPN/PNP three-wire diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load; do not connect them directly across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal wiring from power or high-voltage lines. Avoid repeated cable flexing or pulling, falling impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, large current surges and rapid temperature changes. Do not treat IP68 as permission for permanent immersion. Periodically check mounting, cable condition and sensing operation; use appropriate protection against water, oil and welding spatter. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled NPC straight 5/32 in OD: NPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPC3/8-1/8 NPL elbow 5/32 in OD: NPL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPL3/8-1/8 NPLL extended elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPLL5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPLL1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPLL5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPLL3/8-1/8 NPEB branch tee 5/32 in OD: NPEB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPEB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPEB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPEB3/8-1/8 NPED run tee 5/32 in OD: NPED5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPED1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPED5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPED3/8-1/8 NPYB Y fitting 5/32 in OD: NPYB5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPYB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPYB5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NPYB3/8-1/8 NPH banjo elbow — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPH5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPH1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPH5/16-1/8 NPHF female-branch banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHF5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHF1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHF5/16-1/8 NPHW twin banjo — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NPHW5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NPHW1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPHW5/16-1/8 NPZB cross fitting — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPZB1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NPZB5/16-1/8 NBPC metal straight — discontinued reference 5/32 in OD: NBPC5/32-1/8; 1/4 in OD: NBPC1/4-1/8; 5/16 in OD: NBPC5/16-1/8; 3/8 in OD: NBPC3/8-1/8 NPKD reducing distribution fitting — discontinued reference main 1/4 / branch 5/32 in OD: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 NBSL valve-exhaust silencer NBSL1/8 NBSLM valve-exhaust silencer NBSLM1/8 NBESL valve-exhaust silencer — discontinued reference NBESL1/8 NBZ unused auxiliary port plug NBZ1/8 NBB male–male adapter — discontinued reference second male end NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8; second male end NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4; second male end NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/8 NBKC compression fitting — discontinued reference 5/32 × 3/32 in OD × ID: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8; 1/4 × 5/32 in OD × ID: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/8; 5/16 × 1/5 in OD × ID: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/8 NPTL push-lock flow control 5/32 in OD: NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B; 1/4 in OD: NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B NPSS universal flow control — discontinued reference 1/4 in OD: NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B; 5/16 in OD: NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B NPSA inch tube-to-tube flow control 5/32 in OD: NPSA5/32; 1/4 in OD: NPSA1/4; 5/16 in OD: NPSA5/16; 3/8 in OD: NPSA3/8 ASC100 separate inline flow control ASC10006T GAFR200 upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006ST These are separately selected alternatives, not a supplied kit or stock promise. Match actual NPT1/8 cylinder working ports, sealing method, insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT, G and NPT are not interchangeable. The M10 × 1.25 rod thread is not an air port. Marked discontinued families, including NPSS, are historical/installed-equipment references only: confirm remaining availability or an approved replacement before ordering, not current standard supply. Use suitable soft nylon or PU tubing with the exact inch OD; compression fittings also require the listed ID. 5/32, 1/4, 5/16 and 3/8 in are 3.96875, 6.35, 7.9375 and 9.525 mm, not nominal metric tube sizes. NPHF has male RA and additional female RB, both NPT1/8: connect or seal RB as the circuit permits; it is not a tube socket. Tees, crosses and distribution fittings must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. NPKD uses main 1/4 in and branch 5/32 in OD. Ordinary push-in fittings and listed flow controls are rated 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. NBPC/NBKC/NBB/NBZ are 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C, limiting the SAU path to 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C before lower component limits. NBPC does not share the metric BPC 0.9 MPa limit. A component vacuum rating does not approve a vacuum cylinder assembly. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 follows the explicit model/dimension row; a conflicting equal-OD/ID selection-matrix row requires procurement confirmation. Hold the body hex for thread installation, not the tube-locking nut; insert tubing fully and tighten correctly. NBB has two male NPT ends; match the separately labelled second end to a female component. NBZ closes only permitted unused auxiliary connections, never either active cylinder working port. At the cylinder, A restricts cylinder/thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B restricts tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is the usual double-acting exhaust-control choice; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed and open slowly; these are not safety isolation. NPTL1/8 maximum cap-adjustment torque is 0.08 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Do not force end stops or use pliers. NPSA is an inch tube-to-tube control without A/B suffixes: match both ODs and the body flow symbol. NBSL/NBSLM/NBESL are only for a separately selected valve exhaust with matching NPT1/8 thread, adequate flow and acceptable backpressure. They are not cylinder working-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs; NBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC10006T has two female NPT1/8 ports and needs separate male connections; follow its P/A and check/throttle symbol. Its 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C limits the SAU path to 0.15–0.95 MPa before other limits. GAFR20006ST is a separate upstream NPT1/8 filter/regulator: inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits. It is not a cylinder-mounted fitting or vacuum regulator. Metric PU coils, PSA/GPSA and PPA are not specified for these inch sockets; select separately verified inch tubing and connections. No complete inch-tube coil ordering code is established here. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SAU cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SAU mounting/adapter compatibility is established. The listed PT/G valves are separate circuit references, not NPT valve variants. Choose each endpoint independently; metric tubes do not fit the listed inch sockets. Select a verified complete inch-tube connection path. SAU has two working air ports. Select circuit flow using its full-bore extension area and annular retraction area, actual load, travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. A general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SAU speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly.

  Read more less

  $401.82

  View options

Show more products